blob: c9acb48e859d1642675cf520a39212058cef92f3 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000630 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000631 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
632 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000633 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000634 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000635 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000636}
637
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
639/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
640/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000641static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
642 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
644 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
645
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000646 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
647 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
648 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000650 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
651 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 D != DEnd; ++D) {
653 if (*D == Record) {
654 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
655 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
656 ++D;
657 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000658 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 return *D;
660 }
661 }
662
663 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
664 return 0;
665}
666
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000667/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
668/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
669/// actual member.
670///
671/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
672/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
673/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
674/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
675/// we found.
676///
677/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
678/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
679/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
680VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
681 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000682 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
683 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
684 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
685
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000686 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
688 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
689 do {
690 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000691 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 else {
695 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
696 break;
697 }
698 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
699 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
700 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000701
702 return BaseObject;
703}
704
705Sema::OwningExprResult
706Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
707 FieldDecl *Field,
708 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
709 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
710 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
711 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
712 AnonFields);
713
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
715 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
716 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
717 // found via name lookup.
718 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
719 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
720 if (BaseObject) {
721 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
722 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000723 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000724 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000725 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000726 ExtraQuals
727 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
728 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
729 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
730 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
731 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
732 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
733 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
734 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
735 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
736 }
737 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
738 } else {
739 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
740 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
741 // program our base object expression is "this".
742 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
743 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
744 QualType AnonFieldType
745 = Context.getTagDeclType(
746 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
747 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
748 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
749 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
750 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
751 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000752 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000753 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000754 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
755 }
756 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
758 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000759 }
760 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
761 }
762
763 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
765 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000766 }
767
768 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
769 // anonymous struct/union.
770 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
771 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
772 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
773 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
774 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
775 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
776 unsigned combinedQualifiers
777 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
778 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
779 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000780 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
781 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
783 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 }
785
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787}
788
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
790/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
791/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
792/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
793/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
794/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
795/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
796/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
797/// forms.
798///
799/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
800/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
801/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
802/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000803///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000804/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
805/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
806/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
807/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808Sema::OwningExprResult
809Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
810 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000811 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000812 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000813 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000814 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000816
817 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
818 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
819 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
821 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000822 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
823 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000824 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000825 }
826
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000827 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
828 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000829
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
831 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
832 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
833 : SourceRange());
834 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000835 }
836
837 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000838
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000839 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
840 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000841 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
842 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
844 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000845 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
846 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
847 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000848 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000849 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000851 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
852 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000853 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000854 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
855 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000856
857 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
858 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
859 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
860 return ExprError();
861
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000862 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
863 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
864 // an error.
865 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
866 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
867 << IV->getDeclName());
868 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
869 // same name exists, use the global.
870 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000871 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
872 ClassDeclared != IFace)
873 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000874 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
875 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000876 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
877 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000878 return Owned(new (Context)
879 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000880 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000881 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000882 }
883 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000884 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
885 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
886 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000888 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
889 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000890 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
891 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000892 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000893 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000894 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000895 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000896 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000897 QualType T;
898
899 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
900 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
901 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
902 else
903 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000904 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000905 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000906 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000907
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000908 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
909 // argument-dependent lookup.
910 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
911 HasTrailingLParen;
912
913 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000914 // We've seen something of the form
915 //
916 // identifier(
917 //
918 // and we did not find any entity by the name
919 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
920 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
921 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
922 Context.OverloadTy,
923 Loc));
924 }
925
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000926 if (D == 0) {
927 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
928 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000929 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000930 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000931 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000932 else {
933 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
934 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000935 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000936 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
937 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000938 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
939 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000940 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
941 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000942 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000943 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000944 }
945 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000946
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000947 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
948 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
949 // not any specific instance's member.
950 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000951 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000952 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000953 QualType DType;
954 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
955 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
956 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
957 DType = Method->getType();
958 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
959 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
960 }
961 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
962 if (!DType.isNull()) {
963 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
964 // dependent.
965 bool Dependent = false;
966 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
967 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
968 if (DC->isRecord()) {
969 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
970 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
971 Dependent = true;
972 break;
973 }
974 }
975 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000976 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000977 }
978 }
979 }
980
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000981 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
982 // (C++ [class.union]).
983 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
984 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
985 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000986
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
988 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
989 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
990 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
991 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
992 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
993 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
994 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
995 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
996 QualType MemberType;
997 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
998 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = FD->getType();
1000
1001 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1002 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1003 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1004 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1005 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1006 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1007 }
1008 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1009 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1010 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1011 MemberType = Method->getType();
1012 }
1013 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1014 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1015 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1016 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1017 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1018 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1020 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1021 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1022 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1023 break;
1024 }
1025 }
1026 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001027
1028 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001029 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1030 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1031 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1032 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1033 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1034 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001035 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001036 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001037 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001038 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001039 }
1040 }
1041 }
1042 }
1043
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001044 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001045 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1046 if (MD->isStatic())
1047 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1049 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001050 }
1051
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001052 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1053 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1054 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1056 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001057 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001058
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001059 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001061 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001063 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001064 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001065
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001066 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001067 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001068 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1069 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001070 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1071 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1072 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001073 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001075 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1076 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1077 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1078 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1079 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1080 return ExprError();
1081
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001082 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001083 // Warn about constructs like:
1084 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1085 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001086 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1087 Scope *CheckS = S;
1088 while (CheckS) {
1089 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001090 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001091 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001092 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1093 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001094 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001095 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1096 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001097 break;
1098 }
1099
1100 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1101 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1102 if (CheckS)
1103 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1104 }
1105 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001106 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1107 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1108 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1109 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1110 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1111 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1112 // type.
1113 QualType T = Func->getType();
1114 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001115 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1116 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001117 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1118 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001119 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001120
1121 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1122 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001123 return ExprError();
1124
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001125 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1126 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1127 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1128 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001129 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001130 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1131 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1132 //
1133 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001135 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1136 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001137 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001139 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001140 ExprTy.addConst();
1141 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001142 }
1143 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1144 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001145
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001146 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001147 bool ValueDependent = false;
1148 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1149 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1150 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1151 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1152 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1153 TypeDependent = true;
1154 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1155 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1156 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1157 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1158 TypeDependent = true;
1159 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1160 // names a dependent type.
1161 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001162 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001163 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1164 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001165 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001166 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1167 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1168 TypeDependent = true;
1169 break;
1170 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001171 }
1172 }
1173 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001174
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001175 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1176 //
1177 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1178 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1179 if (TypeDependent)
1180 ValueDependent = true;
1181 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1182 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1183 ValueDependent = true;
1184 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1185 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1186 // (FIXME!).
1187 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001188
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1190 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001191}
1192
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1194 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001195 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001196
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001197 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001198 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001199 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1200 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1201 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001202 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001203
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001204 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1205 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001206 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001207 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1208 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001209 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1210 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1211 else {
1212 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1213 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1214 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1215 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216
1217
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001218 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001219 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001220 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001221 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001222}
1223
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001224Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001225 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1226 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1227 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1228 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001230 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1231 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1232 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001234
1235 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1236
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001237 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1238 Literal.isWide(),
1239 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001240}
1241
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001242Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1243 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001244 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1245 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001246 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001247 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001248 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001249 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001250 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001251
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001253 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1254 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001255 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001257 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1258 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001259
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001260 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1261 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1262 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263 return ExprError();
1264
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001265 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001267 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001268 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001269 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001270 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001271 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001272 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001273 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001274 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001275
1276 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1277
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001278 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1279 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001280 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1281 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001282
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001283 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001286 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001287
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001288 // long long is a C99 feature.
1289 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001290 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001291 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1292
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001293 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001294 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001296 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1297 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1298 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1300 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001301 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001302 } else {
1303 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1304 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001306 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1307 // be an unsigned int.
1308 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1309
1310 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001311 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001312 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1313 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001316 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1317 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1318 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1319 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001320 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001321 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001324 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001325 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001326
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001328 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001329 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001330
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001331 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1332 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1333 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1334 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001335 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001336 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001337 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001338 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001339 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340 }
1341
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001342 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001343 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001344 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001346 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1347 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1348 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1349 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001350 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001351 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001353 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 }
1355 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001356
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001357 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1358 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001359 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001360 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001362 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001365 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1366 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001367 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001368 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001370
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001371 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1372 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001373 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1374 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001375
1376 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001377}
1378
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001379Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1380 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001381 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001382 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001383 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001384}
1385
1386/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1387/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001388bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001389 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1390 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1391 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001392 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1393 return false;
1394
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001395 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001396 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001397 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001398 if (isSizeof)
1399 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1400 return false;
1401 }
1402
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001403 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001404 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001405 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1406 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001407 return false;
1408 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001409
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001410 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1411 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1412 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1413 ExprRange))
1414 return true;
1415
1416 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001417 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001418 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001419 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1420 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001421 }
1422
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001423 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001424}
1425
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001426bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1427 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1428 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001429
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001430 // alignof decl is always ok.
1431 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1432 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001433
1434 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1435 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1436 return false;
1437
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001438 if (E->getBitField()) {
1439 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1440 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001441 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001442
1443 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1444 // bit-field.
1445 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1446 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1447 return false;
1448
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001449 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1450}
1451
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1453Action::OwningExprResult
1454Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1455 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1456 if (T.isNull())
1457 return ExprError();
1458
1459 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1460 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1461 return ExprError();
1462
1463 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1464 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1465 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1466 R.getEnd()));
1467}
1468
1469/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1470/// operand.
1471Action::OwningExprResult
1472Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1473 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1474 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1475 bool isInvalid = false;
1476 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1477 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1478 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1479 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001480 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1482 isInvalid = true;
1483 } else {
1484 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1485 }
1486
1487 if (isInvalid)
1488 return ExprError();
1489
1490 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1491 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1492 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1493 R.getEnd()));
1494}
1495
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001496/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1497/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1498/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001499Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001500Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1501 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001502 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001504
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001505 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001506 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1507 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1508 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001509
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001510 // Get the end location.
1511 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1512 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1513 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1514
1515 if (Result.isInvalid())
1516 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1517
1518 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001519}
1520
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001521QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001522 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1523 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001524
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001525 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001526 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1527 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001528
1529 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1530 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1531 return V->getType();
1532
1533 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001534 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1535 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001536 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001537}
1538
1539
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001540
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001541Action::OwningExprResult
1542Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1543 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1544 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001546 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1547 switch (Kind) {
1548 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1549 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1550 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1551 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001553 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1554 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1555 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001556 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001557 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1558
1559 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1560 //
1561 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1562 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1563 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1564 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1565 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1566 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1567 // argument will have value zero.
1568 Expr *Args[2] = {
1569 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001570 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1571 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 };
1573
1574 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1575 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001576 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001577
1578 // Perform overload resolution.
1579 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1580 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1581 case OR_Success: {
1582 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1583 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1584
1585 if (FnDecl) {
1586 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1587 // operator.
1588
1589 // Convert the arguments.
1590 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1591 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001592 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001593 } else {
1594 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001595 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001596 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1597 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001598 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001599 }
1600
1601 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001603 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1604 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001606 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001607 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001608 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001609 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1610
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001611 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001612 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1613 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1614 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 } else {
1616 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1617 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1618 // operator node.
1619 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1620 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622
1623 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001624 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625 }
1626
1627 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1628 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1629 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1630 break;
1631
1632 case OR_Ambiguous:
1633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1634 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1635 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1636 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001638
1639 case OR_Deleted:
1640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1641 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1642 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1643 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1644 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646 }
1647
1648 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1649 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1650 // build a built-in operation.
1651 }
1652
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001653 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1654 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001655 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001656 return ExprError();
1657 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001659}
1660
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661Action::OwningExprResult
1662Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1663 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1664 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1665 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001666
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001668 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1669 Base.release();
1670 Idx.release();
1671 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1672 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1673 }
1674
1675 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001677 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1678 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1679 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001680 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1681 // to the candidate set.
1682 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1683 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001684 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1685 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001686
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001687 // Perform overload resolution.
1688 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1689 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1690 case OR_Success: {
1691 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1692 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1693
1694 if (FnDecl) {
1695 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1696 // operator.
1697
1698 // Convert the arguments.
1699 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1700 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1701 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1702 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1703 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001705 } else {
1706 // Convert the arguments.
1707 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1708 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1709 "passing") ||
1710 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1711 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1712 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001713 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 }
1715
1716 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001717 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001718 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1719 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001721 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001722 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1723 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001724 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1725
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 Base.release();
1727 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001728 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1729 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001730 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001731 } else {
1732 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1733 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1734 // operator node.
1735 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1736 "passing") ||
1737 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1738 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001739 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001740
1741 break;
1742 }
1743 }
1744
1745 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1746 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1747 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1748 break;
1749
1750 case OR_Ambiguous:
1751 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1752 << "[]"
1753 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1754 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001755 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001756
1757 case OR_Deleted:
1758 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1759 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1760 << "[]"
1761 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1762 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1763 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 }
1765
1766 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1767 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1768 // build a built-in operation.
1769 }
1770
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001771 // Perform default conversions.
1772 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1773 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001774
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001775 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1776
1777 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001778 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001779 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001780 // and index from the expression types.
1781 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1782 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001783 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1784 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1785 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1786 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1787 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001788 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1789 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001790 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001791 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001792 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1793 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1794 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001795 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001796 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1797 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001798 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001799
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001800 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1801 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001802 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1803 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1804 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1805 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1806 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1807 // force the promotion here.
1808 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1809 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1810 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1811 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1812
1813 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1814 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1815 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1816 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1817 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1818 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1819 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1820 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1821 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1822
1823 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1824 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1825 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001826 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001827 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1828 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001829 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001830 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001831 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001832 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1833 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001834
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001835 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1836 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1837 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1838 // incomplete types are not object types.
1839 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1840 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1841 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1842 return ExprError();
1843 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001844
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001845 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001846 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1848 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001849
1850 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1851 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1852 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1853 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1854 return ExprError();
1855 }
1856
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001857 Base.release();
1858 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001859 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001860 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001861}
1862
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001863QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001864CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001865 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001866 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001867
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001868 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1869 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001870
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001871 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001872 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1873 // to be selected.
1874 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001875
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001876 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1877 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1878 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001879
1880 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1881 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001882 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001883 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1884 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001885 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001886 do
1887 compStr++;
1888 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001889 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001890 do
1891 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001892 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001893 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001895 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001896 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1897 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001898 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1899 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001900 return QualType();
1901 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001902
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1904 // operates on.
1905 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1906 compStr = CompName.getName();
1907
1908 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001909 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001910
1911 while (*compStr) {
1912 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1913 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1914 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1915 return QualType();
1916 }
1917 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001918 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001919
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001920 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1921 // number of elements.
1922 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001923 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001924 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001925 return QualType();
1926 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001927
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001928 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001929 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001931 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001932 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1934 : CompName.getLength();
1935 if (HexSwizzle)
1936 CompSize--;
1937
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001938 if (CompSize == 1)
1939 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001940
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001941 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001942 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001943 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1944 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1945 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1946 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001947 }
1948 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001949}
1950
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001951static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1952 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001953 const Selector &Sel,
1954 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001955
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001956 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001957 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001958 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001959 return OMD;
1960
1961 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1962 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001963 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1964 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001965 return D;
1966 }
1967 return 0;
1968}
1969
1970static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1971 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001972 const Selector &Sel,
1973 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001974 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1975 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1976 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1977 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001978 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 GDecl = PD;
1980 break;
1981 }
1982 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001984 GDecl = OMD;
1985 break;
1986 }
1987 }
1988 if (!GDecl) {
1989 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1990 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1991 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001992 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001993 if (GDecl)
1994 return GDecl;
1995 }
1996 }
1997 return GDecl;
1998}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001999
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002000/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2001/// all base class implementations.
2002///
2003ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2004 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2005 const Selector &Sel) {
2006 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002007 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2008 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002009 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002010
2011 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2012 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2013 return Method;
2014}
2015
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002016Action::OwningExprResult
2017Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2018 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002019 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002020 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002021 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002022 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002023
2024 // Perform default conversions.
2025 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002026
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002027 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2028 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002029
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002030 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2031 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002032 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002033 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002034 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2035 BaseExpr, true,
2036 OpLoc,
2037 DeclarationName(&Member),
2038 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002039 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002040 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002041 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002042 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2043 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002044 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002045 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2046 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2047 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002048 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002049 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2050 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2051 // (so we'll report an error for)
2052 // T* t;
2053 // t.f;
2054 //
2055 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2056 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2057 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2058 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2059
2060 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2061 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002062 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2063 BaseExpr, false,
2064 OpLoc,
2065 DeclarationName(&Member),
2066 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002067 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002068 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002069
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002070 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2071 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002072 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002073 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002074 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002075 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2076 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2077 return ExprError();
2078
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002079 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002080 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002081 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002082 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002083 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002084
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002085 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002086 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2087 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002088 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002089 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2090 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2091 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002092 }
2093
2094 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002095
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002096 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2097 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2098 // error cases.
2099 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2100 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002101
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002102 // Check the use of this field
2103 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2104 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002105
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002106 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002107 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2108 // (C++ [class.union]).
2109 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002110 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002111 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002112
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002113 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2114 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002115 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002116 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2117 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2118 else {
2119 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2120 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002121 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002122 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2123 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2124 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002125
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002126 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2127 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002128 }
2129
2130 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002131 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002132 Var, MemberLoc,
2133 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2134 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002135 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002136 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2137 MemberFn->getType()));
2138 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2139 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002140 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002141 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2142 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002143 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2144 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002145 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002146 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2147 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002148
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002149 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2150 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2151 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002152 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2153 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2154 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002155 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002156
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002157 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2158 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002159 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002160 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002161 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2162 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002163 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002164 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2165 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2166 // error cases.
2167 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2168 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002169
2170 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2171 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2172 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002173 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2174 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002175 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2176 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2177 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002178 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2179 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2180 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002181 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2182 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2183 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2184 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002185 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002186 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2187 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2188 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2189 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2190 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2191 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002192 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002193
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002194 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002195 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002196 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002197 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2198 }
2199 // @protected
2200 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2201 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2202 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002203
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002204 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002205 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002206 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002207 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002208 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2209 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2210 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002211 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002212
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002213 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2214 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2215 const PointerType *PTy;
2216 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2217 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2218 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2219 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002220
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002221 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002222 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2223 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002224 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2225 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2226 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002227 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2228 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2229 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002230 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2231 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002232 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002233 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2234 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002235
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002236 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002237 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2238 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002239 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2240 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002241 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2242 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2243 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002244
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002245 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002246 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2247 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002248
2249 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2250 // selector is implemented.
2251
2252 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2253 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2254
2255 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002256 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002257
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002258 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2259 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002260 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002261
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002262 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2263 if (!Getter) {
2264 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2265 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002266 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002267 }
2268 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002269 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002270 // Check if we can reference this property.
2271 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2272 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002273 }
2274 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2275 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2276 Selector SetterSel =
2277 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2278 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002279 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002280 if (!Setter) {
2281 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2282 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002283 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002284 }
2285 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2286 if (!Setter) {
2287 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2288 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002289 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002290 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002291 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002292
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002293 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2294 return ExprError();
2295
2296 if (Getter || Setter) {
2297 QualType PType;
2298
2299 if (Getter)
2300 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2301 else {
2302 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2303 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2304 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2305 }
2306 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2307 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2308 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2309 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002310 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2311 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002312 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002313 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2314 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2315 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2316 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002317 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002318 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002319 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002320 // Check the use of this declaration
2321 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2322 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002323
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002324 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002325 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2326 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002327 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002328 // Check the use of this method.
2329 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2330 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002331
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002332 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002333 OMD->getResultType(),
2334 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2335 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002336 }
2337 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002338
2339 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2340 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002341 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002342 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2343 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2344 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2345 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2346 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002347 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2348 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002349 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002350 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002351 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002352 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002353 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002354 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002355 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2356 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2357 Selector SetterSel =
2358 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2359 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002360 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002361 if (!Setter) {
2362 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2363 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002364 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002365 }
2366 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2367 if (!Setter) {
2368 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2369 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002370 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002371 }
2372 }
2373
2374 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2375 return ExprError();
2376
2377 if (Getter || Setter) {
2378 QualType PType;
2379
2380 if (Getter)
2381 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2382 else {
2383 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2384 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2385 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2386 }
2387 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2388 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2389 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2390 }
2391 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2392 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002393 }
2394 }
2395
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002396 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002397 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002398 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2399 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002400 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002401 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002402 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002403 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002404
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002405 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2406 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2407
2408 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2409 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2410 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2411 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2412 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2413 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2414 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2415 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2416 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2417 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2418 }
2419
2420 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002421}
2422
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002423/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2424/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2425/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2426/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2427/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2428/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002429bool
2430Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002431 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002432 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002433 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2434 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002435 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002436 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2437 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2438 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002439 bool Invalid = false;
2440
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002441 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2442 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2443 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2444 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2445 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2446 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2447 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2448 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002449 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002450 }
2451
2452 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2453 // them.
2454 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2455 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2456 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2457 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2458 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2459 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2460 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2461 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002462 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002463 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002464 }
2465 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2466 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002467
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2469 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2470 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002471
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002472 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002473 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002474 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002475
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002476 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2477 ProtoArgType,
2478 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2479 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2480 return true;
2481
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002482 // Pass the argument.
2483 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2484 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002485 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002486 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002487 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002488 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002489
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002490 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2491 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002492
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002493 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2494 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002495 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2496 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2497 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2498 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2499 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2500
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002501 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2502 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2503 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002504 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002505 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2506 }
2507 }
2508
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002509 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002510}
2511
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002512/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002513/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2514/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002515Action::OwningExprResult
2516Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2517 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002519 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002520 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002521 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002522 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002523 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002524 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002525 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002526
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002527 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002528 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002529 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002530 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2531 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002532 bool Dependent = false;
2533 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2534 Dependent = true;
2535 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2536 Dependent = true;
2537
2538 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002539 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002540 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2541
2542 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2543 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2544 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2545 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2546
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002547 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002548 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2549 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2550 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002551 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2552 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 }
2554
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002555 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002556 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002557 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2558 bool ADL = true;
2559 while (true) {
2560 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2561 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2562 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002563 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002564 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002565 ADL = false;
2566 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2567 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002568 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002569 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2570 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002571 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2572 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2573 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2574 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002575 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002576 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2577 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2578 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002579 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002580 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2581 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2582 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002583 break;
2584 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002585 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002586
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002587 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2588 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002589 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002590 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002591 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002592 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002593
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002594 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002595 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002596 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002597 ADL = false;
2598
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002599 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2600 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2601 ADL = false;
2602
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002603 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002604 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2605 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002606 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2607 if (!FDecl)
2608 return ExprError();
2609
2610 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2611 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002612 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002613 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002614 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2615 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2616 false, false,
2617 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2618 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002619 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002620 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002621 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2622 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2623 Fn = NewFn;
2624 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002625 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002626
2627 // Promote the function operand.
2628 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2629
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002630 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2631 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002632 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2633 Args, NumArgs,
2634 Context.BoolTy,
2635 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002636
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002637 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2638 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2639 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2640 // have type pointer to function".
2641 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2642 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002643 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2644 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002645 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2646 } else { // This is a block call.
2647 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2648 getAsFunctionType();
2649 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002650 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002651 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2652 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2653
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002654 // Check for a valid return type
2655 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2656 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2657 FuncT->getResultType(),
2658 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2659 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2660 return ExprError();
2661
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002662 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002663 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002664
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002665 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002666 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002668 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002669 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002670 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002671
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002672 if (FDecl) {
2673 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2674 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2675 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002676 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002677 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2678 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2679 }
2680
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002681 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002682 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2683 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2684 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002685 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2686 Arg->getType(),
2687 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2688 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2689 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002690 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002691 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002692 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002693
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002694 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2695 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002696 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2697 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002698
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002699 // Check for sentinels
2700 if (NDecl)
2701 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002702 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002703 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002704 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002705 if (NDecl)
2706 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002707
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002708 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002709}
2710
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002711Action::OwningExprResult
2712Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2713 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002714 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002715 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2716 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002717 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002718 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002719
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002720 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002721 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002722 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2723 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002724 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2725 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2726 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002727 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002728 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002729
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002730 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002731 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002732 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002733
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002734 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002735 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002736 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002737 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002738 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002739 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002740 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002741 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002742}
2743
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002744Action::OwningExprResult
2745Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002746 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2747 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2748 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002749
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002750 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002751 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002752
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002753 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002754 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002755 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002756 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002757}
2758
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002759/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002760bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002761 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2762
2763 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2764 // type needs to be scalar.
2765 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2766 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002767 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2768 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002769 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002770 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2771 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2772 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2773 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002774 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002775 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2776 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2777 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2778 // GCC cast to union extension
2779 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2780 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002781 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002782 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2783 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2784 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2785 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2786 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2787 break;
2788 }
2789 }
2790 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2791 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2792 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2793 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002794 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002795 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002796 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002797 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002798 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002799 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002800 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2801 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002802 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002803 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2804 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2805 return true;
2806 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2807 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2808 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002809 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002810 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002811 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2812 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2813 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2814 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2815 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2816 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2817 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2818 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2819 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2820 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2821 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002822 }
2823 return false;
2824}
2825
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002826bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002827 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002828
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002829 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002830 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002831 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002832 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002833 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002834 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002835 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002836 } else
2837 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002838 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002839 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002840
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002841 return false;
2842}
2843
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002844Action::OwningExprResult
2845Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2846 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2847 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2848 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002849
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002850 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002851 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2852
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002853 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002854 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002855 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002856 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002857}
2858
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002859/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2860/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002861/// C99 6.5.15
2862QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2863 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002864 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2865 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2866 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2867
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002868 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2869 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2870 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2871 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2872 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2873 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002874
2875 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002876 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2877 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2878 << CondTy;
2879 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002880 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002881
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002882 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002883
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002884 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2885 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002886 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2887 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2888 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002889 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002891 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2892 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002893 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2894 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002895 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002896 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002897 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002898 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002899 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002900 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002901
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002902 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002903 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002904 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2905 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2906 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2907 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2908 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2909 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2910 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2911 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2912 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002913 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002914 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002915 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2916 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002917 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2918 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2919 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2920 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2921 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002922 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002923 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2924 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2925 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2926 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2927 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002928 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002929
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002930 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2931 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2932 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2933 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2934
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002935 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2936 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002937 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2938 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002939 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2940 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2941 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2942 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002943
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002944 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2945 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2946 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2947 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2948 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2949 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2950 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2951 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2952 return destType;
2953 }
2954 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2955 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2956 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2957 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2958 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2959 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2960 return destType;
2961 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002962
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002963 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2964 if (sameKind
2965 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2966 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2967 return LHSTy;
2968 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002969
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002970 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002971
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002972 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2973 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2974 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2975 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2976 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2977 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2978 // type. This allows
2979 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2980 // where B is a subclass of A.
2981 //
2982 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2983 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2984 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2985 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002986
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002987 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2988 // It could return the composite type.
2989 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2990 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2991 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2992 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2993 compositeType = LHSTy;
2994 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2995 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2996 compositeType = RHSTy;
2997 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2998 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2999 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3000 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3001 if (!sameKind
3002 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3003 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
3004 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3005 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3006 return QualType();
3007 } else {
3008 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3009 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3010 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3011 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003012 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3013 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003014 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003015 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003016 } else if (!sameKind
3017 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3018 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3019 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3020 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3021 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3022 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3023 // to get a consistent AST.
3024 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3025 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3026 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3027 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003028 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003029 // The pointer types are compatible.
3030 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3031 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3032 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3033 // type.
3034 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3035 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3036 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3037 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3038 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003039 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003040
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003041 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3042 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3043 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3044 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3045 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3046 return RHSTy;
3047 }
3048 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3049 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3050 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3051 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3052 return LHSTy;
3053 }
3054
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003055 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3056 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003057 // id with statically typed objects).
3058 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003059 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3060 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3061 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003062 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003064 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3065 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3066 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003067 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3068 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3069 // change the type of method sends.
3070
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003071 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3072 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3073 // cases. Investigate.
3074 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003075 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3076 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003077 return compositeType;
3078 }
3079 }
3080
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003081 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003082 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3083 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003084 return QualType();
3085}
3086
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003087/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003088/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003089Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3090 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3091 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3092 ExprArg RHS) {
3093 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3094 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003095
3096 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3097 // was the condition.
3098 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3099 if (isLHSNull)
3100 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003101
3102 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003103 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3104 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003105 return ExprError();
3106
3107 Cond.release();
3108 LHS.release();
3109 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003110 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003111 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3112 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003113}
3114
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003115
3116// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003118// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3119// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3120// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003121Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003122Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3123 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003124
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003125 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003126 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3127 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003128
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003129 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003130 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3131 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003132
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003133 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003134
3135 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3136 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3137 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003138 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003139 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003140 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003141
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003142 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3143 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003144 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003145 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003146 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003147 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003148
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003149 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003150 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3151 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003152 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003154 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003155 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003156 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003157
3158 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003159 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3160 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003161 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003162 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003163 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003164 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3165 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3166 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3167 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3168 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3169 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3170 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3171 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3172 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3173 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3174 }
3175 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3176 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3177 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3178 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3179 }
3180 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3181 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3182 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3183 // warning can be disabled.
3184 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3185 return ConvTy;
3186 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3187 }
3188 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3189 return IncompatiblePointer;
3190 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003191 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003192}
3193
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003194/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3195/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3196/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3197// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003198Sema::AssignConvertType
3199Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003200 QualType rhsType) {
3201 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003202
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003203 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3204 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3206
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003207 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3208 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3209 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003210
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003211 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003212
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003213 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3214 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3215 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003216
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003217 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003218 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003219 return ConvTy;
3220}
3221
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003222/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3223/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003224/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3225///
3226/// int a, *pint;
3227/// short *pshort;
3228/// struct foo *pfoo;
3229///
3230/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3231/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3232/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3233/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3234///
3235/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003236/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003237///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003238Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003239Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003240 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3241 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003242 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3243 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003244
3245 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003246 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003247
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003248 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3249 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3250 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3251 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3252 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3253 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3254 // type.
3255 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3256 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003257 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003258 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003259 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003260
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003261 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3262 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003263 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003264 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3265 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3266 return IntToPointer;
3267 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3268 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003269 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003270 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003271
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003272 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003273 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003274 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3275 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003276 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003277
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003278 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003279 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003280 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003281 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3282 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003283 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003284 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003285 }
3286 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003287 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003288
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003289 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003290 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003291
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003292 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003293 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003294 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003295
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003296 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003297 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003298
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003299 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003300 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003301 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003302
3303 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3304 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3305 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3306 return Compatible;
3307 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003308 return Incompatible;
3309 }
3310
3311 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3312 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003313 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003314
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003315 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3316 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3317 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3318 return Compatible;
3319
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003320 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3321 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003323 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3324 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003325 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003326 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003327 return Incompatible;
3328 }
3329
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003330 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003331 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003332 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3333 return Compatible;
3334
3335 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003336 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003337
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003338 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003339 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003340
3341 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003342 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003343 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003344 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003345 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003346
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003347 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003348 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003350 }
3351 return Incompatible;
3352}
3353
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003354/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3355/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3356static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3357 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3358 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3359 // of the transparent union.
3360 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3361 &E, 1,
3362 SourceLocation());
3363 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3364 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3365
3366 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3367 // union type from this initializer list.
3368 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3369 false);
3370}
3371
3372Sema::AssignConvertType
3373Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3374 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3375
3376 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3377 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3378 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3379 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3380 return Incompatible;
3381
3382 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3383 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3384 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3385 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3386 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3387 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3388 it != itend; ++it) {
3389 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3390 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3391 // 1) void pointer
3392 // 2) null pointer constant
3393 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3394 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3395 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3396 InitField = *it;
3397 break;
3398 }
3399
3400 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3401 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3402 InitField = *it;
3403 break;
3404 }
3405 }
3406
3407 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3408 == Compatible) {
3409 InitField = *it;
3410 break;
3411 }
3412 }
3413
3414 if (!InitField)
3415 return Incompatible;
3416
3417 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3418 return Compatible;
3419}
3420
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003421Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003422Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003423 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3424 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3425 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3426 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3427 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003428 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3429 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003430 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003431 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003432 }
3433
3434 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3435 // structures.
3436 }
3437
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003438 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3439 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003440 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3441 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003443 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003444 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003445 return Compatible;
3446 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003447
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003448 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003449 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003450 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003451 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003452 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003453 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003454 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3455 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003456
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003457 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3458 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003459
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003460 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3461 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003462 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3463 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3464 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3465 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003466 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003467 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003468 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003469}
3470
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003471QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003472 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003473 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003474 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003475 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003476}
3477
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003478inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003479 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003481 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003482 QualType lhsType =
3483 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3484 QualType rhsType =
3485 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003486
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003487 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003488 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003489 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003490
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003491 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3492 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003493 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3494 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3495 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003496 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3497 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003498 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003499 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003500 }
3501 }
3502 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003503
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003504 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3505 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003506 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003507 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003508
3509 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003510 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3511 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003512 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003513 return lhsType;
3514 }
3515 }
3516
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003517 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003518 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003519 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003520 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3521
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003522 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003523 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3524 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003525 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003526 return rhsType;
3527 }
3528 }
3529
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003530 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003531 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003532 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003533 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003534 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003535}
3536
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003537inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003538 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003539{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003540 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003541 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003542
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003543 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003544
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003545 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003546 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003547 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003548}
3549
3550inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003551 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003552{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003553 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3554 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3555 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3556 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3557 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003558
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003559 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003560
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003561 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003562 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003563 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003564}
3565
3566inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003567 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003568{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003569 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3570 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3571 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3572 return compType;
3573 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003574
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003575 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003576
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003577 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003578 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3579 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3580 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003581 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003582 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003583
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003584 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3585 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3586 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3587 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3588
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003589 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003590 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003591 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3592 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3593 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3595 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003596 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003597 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003598 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003599
3600 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3601 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3602 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003603 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3606 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3607 return QualType();
3608 }
3609
3610 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3611 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3612 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3613 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003614 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003615 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003616 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3617 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003618 return QualType();
3619
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003620 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3621 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3622 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3623 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3624 return QualType();
3625 }
3626
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003627 if (CompLHSTy) {
3628 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3629 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3630 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003631 else {
3632 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3633 if (!T.isNull())
3634 LHSTy = T;
3635 }
3636
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003637 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3638 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003639 return PExp->getType();
3640 }
3641 }
3642
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003643 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003644}
3645
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003646// C99 6.5.6
3647QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003648 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3649 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3650 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3651 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3652 return compType;
3653 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003655 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003656
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003657 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003659 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003660 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3661 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003662 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003663 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003664 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003665
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003666 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3667 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003668 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003670 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003671
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003672 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3673 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3674 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3675 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3676 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3677 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3678 return QualType();
3679 }
3680
3681 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3682 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3683 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3684 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3685 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003686 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003687 return QualType();
3688 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003689
3690 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3691 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3692 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3693 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3694 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3695 lex->getSourceRange(),
3696 SourceRange(),
3697 lex->getType()))
3698 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003699
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003700 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3701 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3702 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3703 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3704 return QualType();
3705 }
3706
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003707 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003708 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3709 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3710 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3711 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3712 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3713 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3714 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3715 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3716
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003717 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003718 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003719 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003721 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3722 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003723 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003725 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3726 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3727 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3728 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3729 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3730 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3731 return QualType();
3732 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003734 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3735 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3736 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003738 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003739 return QualType();
3740 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003741
3742 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3743 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3744 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3745 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3746 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3747 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3748 rex->getSourceRange(),
3749 SourceRange(),
3750 rex->getType()))
3751 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003753 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3754 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3755 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3756 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3757 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3758 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3759 return QualType();
3760 }
3761 } else {
3762 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3763 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3764 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3765 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3767 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3768 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3769 return QualType();
3770 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003771 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003773 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3774 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3775 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3776 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3777 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3778 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3779 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003780
3781 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003782 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3783 }
3784 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003785
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003786 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003787}
3788
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003789// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003790QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003791 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003792 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3793 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003794 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003796 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3797 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003798 QualType LHSTy;
3799 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3800 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003801 else {
3802 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3803 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3804 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3805 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003806 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003807 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3808
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003809 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003810
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003811 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003812 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003813}
3814
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003815// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003816QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003817 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3818 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3819
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003820 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003821 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003822
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003823 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003824 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3825 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3826 else {
3827 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3828 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3829 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003830 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3831 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003832
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003833 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3834 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003835 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3836 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3837 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003838 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3839 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003840 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3841 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3842 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3843 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003844 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3845 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003846 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003847
3848 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3849 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3850 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3851 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3852
3853 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3854 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003855 Expr *literalString = 0;
3856 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003857 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003858 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3859 literalString = lex;
3860 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3861 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003862 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3863 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003864 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3865 literalString = rex;
3866 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3867 }
3868
3869 if (literalString) {
3870 std::string resultComparison;
3871 switch (Opc) {
3872 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3873 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3874 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3875 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3876 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3877 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3878 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3879 }
3880 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3881 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3882 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003883 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3884 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3885 "strcmp(")
3886 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3887 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003888 resultComparison);
3889 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003890 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003891
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003892 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003893 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003894
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003895 if (isRelational) {
3896 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003897 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003898 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003899 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003900 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003901 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003902 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003903 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003904
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003905 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003906 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003907 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003908
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003909 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3910 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003912 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3913 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3914 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003915 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003916 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003917 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003918 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003919 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003920
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003921 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3922 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3923 return ResultTy;
3924
3925 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3926 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3927 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3928 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3929 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3930 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3931 //
3932 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3933 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003934 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003935 if (T.isNull()) {
3936 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3937 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3938 return QualType();
3939 }
3940
3941 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3942 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3943 return ResultTy;
3944 }
3945
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003946 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003947 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3948 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003949 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003950 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003951 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003952 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003953 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003954 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003955 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003956 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003957 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3958 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3959 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3960 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3961 return ResultTy;
3962 }
3963 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3964 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3965 return ResultTy;
3966 }
3967 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3968 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3969 return ResultTy;
3970 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003971 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003972 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003973 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3974 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003975
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003976 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3977 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003979 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003980 }
3981 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003982 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003983 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003984 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003985 if (!isRelational
3986 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3987 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003988 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003989 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3990 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3991 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3992 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3993 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3994 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003995 }
3996 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003997 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003998 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003999
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004000 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004001 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004002 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4003 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004004 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004005 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004006 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004007 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004008
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004009 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4010 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004011 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004012 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004013 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004014 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004015 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004016 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004017 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004018 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004019 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4020 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004021 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004022 } else {
4023 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004024 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004025 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004026 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004027 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004028 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004029 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004030 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004031 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004032 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004033 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004034 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004035 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004036 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004037 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004038 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004039 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004040 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004041 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004042 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004043 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004044 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004045 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004046 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004047 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004048 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4049 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004050 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004051 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004052 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004053 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4054 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004055 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004056 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004057 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004058 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004059}
4060
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004061/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004063/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4064/// types.
4065QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004066 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004067 bool isRelational) {
4068 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4069 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004070 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004071 if (vType.isNull())
4072 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004074 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4075 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004077 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4078 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4079 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4080 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4081 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4082 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4083 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004085 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004086
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004087 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4088 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4089 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004090 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004091 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004092
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004093 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4094 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4095 if (1) {
4096 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4097 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4098 return QualType();
4099 }
4100
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004101 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4102 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4103 // elements for floating point vectors.
4104 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4105 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004106
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004107 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004108 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004109 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004110 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004111 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004112 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4113
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004114 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004115 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004116 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4117}
4118
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004119inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004120 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004121{
4122 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004123 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004124
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004125 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004126
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004127 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004128 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004129 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004130}
4131
4132inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004133 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004134{
4135 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4136 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004137
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004138 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004139 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004140 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004141}
4142
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004143/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4144/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4145/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4146///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004148{
4149 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4150 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4151 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4152 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4153 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004154 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004155 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4156 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4157 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4158 return true;
4159 }
4160 }
4161 return false;
4162}
4163
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004164/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4165/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4166static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004167 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4168 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4169 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004170 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4171 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004172 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4173 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004174
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004175 unsigned Diag = 0;
4176 bool NeedType = false;
4177 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4178 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4179 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004180 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004181 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4182 NeedType = true;
4183 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004184 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004185 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4186 NeedType = true;
4187 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004188 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004189 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4190 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004191 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004192 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4193 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004194 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4195 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004196 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004197 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4198 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004199 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004200 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4201 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004202 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004203 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4204 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004205 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4206 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4207 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004208 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4209 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4210 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004211 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004212
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004213 SourceRange Assign;
4214 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4215 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004216 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004217 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004218 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004219 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004220 return true;
4221}
4222
4223
4224
4225// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004226QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4227 SourceLocation Loc,
4228 QualType CompoundType) {
4229 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4230 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004231 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004232
4233 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4234 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004235
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004236 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004237 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004238 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004239 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004240 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4241 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4242 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4243 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4244 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4245 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4246 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004247
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004248 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4249 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4250 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004251 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004252 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4253 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4254 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4255 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4256 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004257 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004258 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004259 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4260 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4261 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004262 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4263 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004264 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4265 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4266 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004267 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004268 }
4269 } else {
4270 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004271 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004272 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004273
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004274 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4275 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004276 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004277
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004278 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4279 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004280 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004281 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4282 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004283 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004284 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004285 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004286}
4287
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004288// C99 6.5.17
4289QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004290 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004291 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004292
4293 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4294 // incomplete in C++).
4295
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004296 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004297}
4298
4299/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4300/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004301QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4302 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004303 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4304 return Context.DependentTy;
4305
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004306 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4307 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004308
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004309 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4310 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4311 if (!isInc) {
4312 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4313 return QualType();
4314 }
4315 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4316 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4317 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004318 // OK!
4319 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4320 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004321 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004322 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4324 << Op->getSourceRange();
4325 return QualType();
4326 }
4327
4328 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004329 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004330 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004331 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4332 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4333 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4334 return QualType();
4335 }
4336
4337 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004338 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004339 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4340 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4341 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4342 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004343 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004344 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4345 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4346 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004347 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004348 } else {
4349 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004350 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004351 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004352 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004353 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004354 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004355 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004356 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004357 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004358}
4359
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004360/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004361/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004362/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4363/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4364/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4365/// - &(x) => x
4366/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4367/// - &s.xx => s
4368/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4369/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4370/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4371/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004372static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004373 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004374 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004375 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004376 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004377 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004378 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4379 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4380 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004381 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004382 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004383 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004384 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004385 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004386 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4387 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004388 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4389 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4390 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4391 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4392 }
4393 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004394 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004395 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4396 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004397
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004398 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004399 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4400 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4401 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4402 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4403 default:
4404 return 0;
4405 }
4406 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004407 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004408 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004409 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004410 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4411 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004412 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004413 default:
4414 return 0;
4415 }
4416}
4417
4418/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004419/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004420/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004422/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004424/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004425QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004426 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4427 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4428
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004429 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4430 return Context.DependentTy;
4431
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004432 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4433 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4434 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4435 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4436 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4437 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4438 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4439 }
4440 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4441 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4442 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004443 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004444 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004445
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004446 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4447 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004448 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004449 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004450 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4452 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004453 return QualType();
4454 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004455 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004456 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4457 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4458 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004459 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004460 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4461 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004462 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004463 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004464 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004465 return QualType();
4466 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004467 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004468 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4469 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4470 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004471 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4472 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004473 return QualType();
4474 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004475 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004476 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004477 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4478 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004479 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4480 // scope qualifier for the class.
4481 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4482 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4483 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4484 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4485 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4486 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004487 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004488 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004489 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004490 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4491 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4492 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4493 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004494 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004495 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004496
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004497 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4498 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4499 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4500 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4501 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4502 }
4503
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004504 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4505 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4506}
4507
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004508QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004509 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4510 return Context.DependentTy;
4511
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004512 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4513 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004514
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004515 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4516 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4517 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4518 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4519 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004520 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004521
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004522 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004523 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004524 return QualType();
4525}
4526
4527static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4528 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4529 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4530 switch (Kind) {
4531 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004532 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4533 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004534 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4535 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4536 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4537 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4538 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4539 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4540 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4541 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4542 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4543 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4544 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4545 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4546 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4547 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4548 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4549 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4550 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4551 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4552 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4553 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4554 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4555 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4556 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4557 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4558 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4559 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4560 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4561 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4562 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4563 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4564 }
4565 return Opc;
4566}
4567
4568static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4569 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4570 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4571 switch (Kind) {
4572 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4573 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4574 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4575 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4576 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4577 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4578 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4579 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4580 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004581 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4582 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4583 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4584 }
4585 return Opc;
4586}
4587
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004588/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4589/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4590/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004591Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4592 unsigned Op,
4593 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004594 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004595 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004596 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4597 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4598 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004599
4600 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004601 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4602 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4603 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004604 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4605 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4606 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4607 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4608 break;
4609 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004610 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4611 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4612 break;
4613 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4614 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4615 break;
4616 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4617 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4618 break;
4619 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4620 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4621 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004622 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004623 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4624 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4625 break;
4626 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4627 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4628 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4629 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004630 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004631 break;
4632 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4633 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004634 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004635 break;
4636 case BinaryOperator::And:
4637 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4638 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4639 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4640 break;
4641 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4642 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4643 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4644 break;
4645 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4646 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004647 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4648 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4649 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4650 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004651 break;
4652 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004653 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4654 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4655 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4656 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004657 break;
4658 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004659 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4660 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4661 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004662 break;
4663 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004664 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4665 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4666 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004667 break;
4668 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4669 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004670 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4671 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4672 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4673 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004674 break;
4675 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4676 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4677 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004678 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4679 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4680 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4681 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004682 break;
4683 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4684 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4685 break;
4686 }
4687 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004688 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004689 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004690 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4691 else
4692 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004693 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4694 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004695}
4696
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004697// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004698Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4699 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4700 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004701 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004702 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004703
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004704 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4705 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004706
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004707 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4708 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4709 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4710 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4711 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4712 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4713 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004714 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004715 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4716 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4717 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4718 Functions);
4719 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4720 DeclarationName OpName
4721 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4722 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004723 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004724
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004725 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4726 // binary operation.
4727 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004728 }
4729
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004730 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4731 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004732}
4733
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004734Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4735 unsigned OpcIn,
4736 ExprArg InputArg) {
4737 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004738
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004739 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004740 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004741 QualType resultType;
4742 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004743 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4744 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4745 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4746 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4747 break;
4748
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004749 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4750 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004751 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4752 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004753 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004754 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004755 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4756 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004758 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004759 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4760 break;
4761 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4762 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4763 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4764 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004765 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4766 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004767 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4768 break;
4769 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4770 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4771 break;
4772 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4773 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4774 resultType->isPointerType())
4775 break;
4776
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004777 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4778 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004779 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4780 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4781 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004782 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4783 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004784 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4785 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4786 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004788 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004789 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004790 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4791 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004792 break;
4793 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4794 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4795 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4796 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004797 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4798 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004799 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004800 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4801 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004802 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004803 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4804 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004805 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004806 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004807 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004808 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004809 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004810 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811 resultType = Input->getType();
4812 break;
4813 }
4814 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004816
4817 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004818 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004819}
4820
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004821// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4822Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4823 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4824 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4825 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4826
4827 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4828 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4829 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4830 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4831 // the arguments.
4832 FunctionSet Functions;
4833 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4834 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4835 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4836 Functions);
4837 DeclarationName OpName
4838 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4839 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4840 }
4841
4842 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4843 }
4844
4845 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4846}
4847
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004848/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004849Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4850 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4851 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004852 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004853 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004854
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004855 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4856 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004857 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004858 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004859
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004860 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004861 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4862 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004863}
4864
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004865Sema::OwningExprResult
4866Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4867 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4868 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004869 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4870 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4871
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004872 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004873 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004874 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004875
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004876 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4877 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4878 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004879
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004880 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4881 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4882 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004883
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004884 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4885 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4886 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4887 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4888 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004890 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004891 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004892 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004894 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4895 // expressions are not lvalues.
4896
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004897 substmt.release();
4898 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004899}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004900
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004901Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4902 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4903 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4904 TypeTy *argty,
4905 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4906 unsigned NumComponents,
4907 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4908 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4909 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004910 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4911 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004913 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4914
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004915 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4916 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4917 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004918 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004919 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004920
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004921 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4922 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004923
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004924 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4925 // the offsetof designators.
4926 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4927 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004928 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004929 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004930
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004931 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4932 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004933 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4934 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004935 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004936 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4937 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004938
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004939 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004940 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004941
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004942 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4943 // leaks like a sieve.
4944 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4945 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4946 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4947 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4948 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4949 if (!AT) {
4950 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004951 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4952 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004953 }
4954
4955 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4956
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004957 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4958 // expression.
4959 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4960
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004961 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4962 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004963 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004964 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004965 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004966 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004967 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004968
4969 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4970 OC.LocEnd);
4971 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004972 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004973
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004974 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4975 if (!RC) {
4976 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004977 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4978 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004979 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004980
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004981 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4982 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004983 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004984 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004985 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4986 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4987 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004988 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4989 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004990 }
4991
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004992 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4993 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4994 LookupMemberName)
4995 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004996 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004997 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004998 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4999 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005000
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005001 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5002 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005003 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005004 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5005 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005006 } else {
5007 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5008 // doesn't matter here.
5009 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5010 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5011 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005012 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005013 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005014
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005015 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5016 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005017}
5018
5019
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005020Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5021 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5022 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005023 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5024 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005025
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005026 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005027
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005028 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5029 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5030 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5031 return ExprError();
5032 }
5033
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005034 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5035 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005036}
5037
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005038Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5039 ExprArg cond,
5040 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5041 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5042 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5043 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5044 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005045
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005046 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5047
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005048 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005049 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005050 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5051 } else {
5052 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5053 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5054 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5055 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005056 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5057 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5058 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005059
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005060 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5061 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5062 }
5063
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005064 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5065 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5066 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005067}
5068
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005069//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5070// Clang Extensions.
5071//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5072
5073/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005074void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005075 // Analyze block parameters.
5076 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005077
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005078 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5079 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5080 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005081
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005082 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
5083 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005084 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005085 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5086 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005087
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005088 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005089 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005090}
5091
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005092void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005093 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005094
5095 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5096 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Fariborz Jahanian262c0d72009-05-18 23:17:46 +00005097 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005098 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5099
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005100 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5101 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5102 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5103 return;
5104 }
5105
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005106 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5107 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5108 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5109
5110 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5111 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005112 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5113 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5114 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005115 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005116 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5117 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005118 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5119
5120 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5121 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5122 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5123 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5124 return;
5125 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005126 return;
5127 }
5128
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005129 // Analyze arguments to block.
5130 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5131 "Not a function declarator!");
5132 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005133
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005134 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5135 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005136
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005137 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5138 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5139 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5140 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005141 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5142 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005143 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005144 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005145 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5146 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005147 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005148 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005149 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005150 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005151 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005152 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Fariborz Jahanian262c0d72009-05-18 23:17:46 +00005153 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005154 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5155 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5156 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5157 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5158 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005159
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005160 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5161 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5162 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005163 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005164 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5165 }
5166
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005167 // Analyze the return type.
5168 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5169 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5170
5171 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5172 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5173 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5174 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5175 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5176 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005177}
5178
5179/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5180/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5181void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5182 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5183 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005184
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005185 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5186
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005187 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005188 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005189 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005190 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005191}
5192
5193/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5194/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5196 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005197 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5198 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5199 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5200
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005201 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5202 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005203
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005204 PopDeclContext();
5205
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005206 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5207 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005208
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005209 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5210 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5211 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005212
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005213 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5214 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5215 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005217 QualType BlockTy;
5218 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005219 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005220 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005221 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005222 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005223
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005224 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5225
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005226 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005227
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005228 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5229 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5230 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5231 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5232
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005233 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005234 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5235 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005236}
5237
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005238Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5239 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5240 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005241 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005242 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5243 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5244
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005245 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005246
5247 // Get the va_list type
5248 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005249 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5250 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5251 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5252 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005253 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005254 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5255 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5256 } else {
5257 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5258 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005259 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5260 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005261 return ExprError();
5262 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005263
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005264 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5265 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005266 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5267 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005268 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005269 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005270
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005271 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005272 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005273
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005274 expr.release();
5275 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5276 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005277}
5278
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005279Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005280 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5281 // pointers on the target.
5282 QualType Ty;
5283 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5284 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5285 else
5286 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5287
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005288 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005289}
5290
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005291bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5292 SourceLocation Loc,
5293 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5294 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5295 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5296 bool isInvalid = false;
5297 unsigned DiagKind;
5298 switch (ConvTy) {
5299 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5300 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005301 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005302 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5303 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005304 case IntToPointer:
5305 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5306 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005307 case IncompatiblePointer:
5308 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5309 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005310 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5311 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5312 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005313 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5314 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5315 break;
5316 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005317 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5318 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5319 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5320 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5321 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5322 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5323 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5324 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5325 // C++ semantics.
5326 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5327 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5328 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005329 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5330 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005331 case IntToBlockPointer:
5332 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5333 break;
5334 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005335 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005336 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005337 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005339 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5340 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5341 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005342 case IncompatibleVectors:
5343 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5344 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005345 case Incompatible:
5346 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5347 isInvalid = true;
5348 break;
5349 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005350
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005351 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5352 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005353 return isInvalid;
5354}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005355
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005356bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005357 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5358 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5359 if (Result)
5360 *Result = ICEResult;
5361 return false;
5362 }
5363
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005364 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5365
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005366 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005367 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5368 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5369
5370 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5371 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5372 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5373 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5374 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5375 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5376 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005377
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005378 return true;
5379 }
5380
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005381 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5382 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005383
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005384 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5385 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5386 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005387
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005388 if (Result)
5389 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5390 return false;
5391}